blob: 72080d9d617e2708233659a455bd679f290886b1 [file] [log] [blame]
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04002 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02006 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03007 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03008 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02009 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070010 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050019#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070023#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070024#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020025#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030026#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020027#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070028
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040029/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070042 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010045 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070049 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070050 */
51
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052/**
53 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070054 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040055 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070061 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040062 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070074 */
75
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020076/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040077 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010091/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
112 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
113 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 *
115 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
116 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
117 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
118 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
119 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100120 *
121 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
122 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
123 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
124 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
125 * .release_buffered_frames().
126 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
127 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
128 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
129 */
130
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500131struct device;
132
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400133/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200134 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
135 *
136 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100137 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200138 */
139enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200140 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100141 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200142};
143
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200144#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
145
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200146/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800147 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
149 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
150 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
151 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
152 */
153enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
154 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
155 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
156 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
157 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
158};
159
160/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400161 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
162 *
163 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100164 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400165 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400166 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200167 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
168 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400169 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100170 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300171 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200172 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300173 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
174 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400175 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700176struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100178 u16 cw_min;
179 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200180 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300181 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200182 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300183 bool mu_edca;
184 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700185};
186
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700187struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
188 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
189 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
190 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
191 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
192};
193
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100194/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200195 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200197 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200199 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
200 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200201 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200202 */
203enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100206 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200207 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200208 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200209};
210
211/**
212 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
213 *
214 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
215 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
216 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100217 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200218 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200219 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
220 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
221 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
222 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100223 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100224 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200225 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
226 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
227 */
228struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100229 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200230 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200231
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200232 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
233
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100234 bool radar_enabled;
235
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100236 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200237};
238
239/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300240 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
242 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
243 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
244 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
245 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
246 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
247 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
248 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
249 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
250 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
251 * for changes/removal.)
252 */
253enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
254 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
255 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
256};
257
258/**
259 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
260 *
261 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
262 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
263 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
264 * done.
265 *
266 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
267 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
268 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
269 */
270struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
271 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
272 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
273 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
274};
275
276/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100277 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
278 *
279 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
280 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
281 *
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
283 * also implies a change in the AID.
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300286 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700287 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200290 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
291 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
292 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
293 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
294 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
295 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200297 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300298 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
300 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200301 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200303 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300304 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200305 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100306 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200307 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300308 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
309 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
311 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
312 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100313 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
316 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700317 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700318 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
319 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700320 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100321 */
322enum ieee80211_bss_change {
323 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300326 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200334 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300335 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300340 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200341 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100342 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100344 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200346 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300347 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700348 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700349 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200350
351 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100352};
353
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300354/*
355 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
356 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
357 * filtering will be disabled.
358 */
359#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
360
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100361/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200362 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
363 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200364 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300365 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300366 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
367 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
368 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700369 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370enum ieee80211_event_type {
371 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200375};
376
377/**
378 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
380 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
381 */
382enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700383 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
384 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
385};
386
387/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200388 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200389 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
390 */
391struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
392 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
393};
394
395/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200396 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
397 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200398 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200399 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
400 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200401 */
402enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
403 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200404 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200405 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
406 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200407};
408
409/**
410 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
411 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
412 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
413 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
414 */
415enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
416 MLME_SUCCESS,
417 MLME_DENIED,
418 MLME_TIMEOUT,
419};
420
421/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200422 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200423 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
424 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
425 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
426 */
427struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
429 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
430 u16 reason;
431};
432
433/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300434 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
435 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
436 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300437 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300438 */
439struct ieee80211_ba_event {
440 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
441 u16 tid;
442 u16 ssn;
443};
444
445/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200446 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200447 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200448 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200449 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300450 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300451 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200452 */
453struct ieee80211_event {
454 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
455 union {
456 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300458 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200459 } u;
460};
461
462/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200463 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
464 *
465 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
466 *
467 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
468 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
469 */
470struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
471 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
472 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
473};
474
475/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800476 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700477 *
478 * @lci: LCI subelement content
479 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
480 * @lci_len: LCI data length
481 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
482 */
483struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
484 const u8 *lci;
485 const u8 *civicloc;
486 size_t lci_len;
487 size_t civicloc_len;
488};
489
490/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100491 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
492 *
493 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
494 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
495 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300496 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
497 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
498 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
499 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
500 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
501 * ACK, BACK or both
502 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
503 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
504 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200505 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
506 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100507 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200508 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
509 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530510 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
512 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200513 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
514 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100515 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200516 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300517 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200518 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100519 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
520 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
521 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
522 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200523 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200524 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
525 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200526 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100527 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
528 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200529 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
530 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
531 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700532 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800533 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200534 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
535 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
536 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300537 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100538 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200539 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
540 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100541 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
542 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200543 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100544 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300545 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
546 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
547 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200548 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200549 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
550 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
551 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100552 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
553 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
554 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
555 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200556 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300557 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
558 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
559 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
560 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100561 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
562 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
563 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200564 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200565 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
566 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
567 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300568 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
569 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200570 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300571 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
572 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200573 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100574 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
575 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
576 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
577 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
578 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
579 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100580 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200581 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
582 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
583 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300584 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
585 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
586 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
587 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
588 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
589 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
590 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700591 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
592 * responder functionality.
593 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200594 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
595 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
596 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
597 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
598 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
599 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
600 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
601 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100602 */
603struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200604 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300605 u8 bss_color;
606 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
607 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
608 bool uora_exists;
609 bool ack_enabled;
610 u8 uora_ocw_range;
611 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
612 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200613 bool twt_requester;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100614 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200615 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530616 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100617 u16 aid;
618 /* erp related data */
619 bool use_cts_prot;
620 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300621 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200622 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800623 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700624 u16 beacon_int;
625 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200626 u64 sync_tsf;
627 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100628 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100629 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300630 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200631 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200632 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200633 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
634 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100635 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
636 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100637 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200638 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300639 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100640 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200641 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200642 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300643 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300644 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
645 size_t ssid_len;
646 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200647 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100648 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100649 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200650 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300651 u16 max_idle_period;
652 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700653 bool ftm_responder;
654 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200655 /* Multiple BSSID data */
656 bool nontransmitted;
657 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
658 u8 bssid_index;
659 u8 bssid_indicator;
660 bool ema_ap;
661 u8 profile_periodicity;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100662};
663
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800664/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200665 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800666 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700667 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800668 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100669 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200670 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
671 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
672 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
673 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
674 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
675 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
676 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
677 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
678 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
679 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
680 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200681 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200682 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
683 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200688 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200689 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
690 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
691 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
692 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
693 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
694 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
695 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
696 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
698 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
699 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300700 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
701 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
703 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
704 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600705 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
706 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
707 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100708 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
709 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
710 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200711 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
712 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
714 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100715 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
716 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
717 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200718 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
719 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
720 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
721 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100722 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
723 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
724 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100725 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
726 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
727 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200728 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
729 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
730 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400731 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200732 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
733 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
735 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
736 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
737 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200738 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
739 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
740 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530741 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
742 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
743 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200744 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
745 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
746 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200747 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
748 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
750 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
751 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200752 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
753 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
754 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530755 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
756 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
757 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
758 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
759 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200760 *
761 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
762 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800763 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200764enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200765 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200766 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
770 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
771 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
773 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
774 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
775 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
776 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
777 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600778 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100779 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200780 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100782 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100784 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100785 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400787 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200788 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100789 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200790 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200792 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530793 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200794 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530795 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200796};
797
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200798#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
799
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200800/**
801 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
802 *
803 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
804 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
806 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100808 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200809 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700810 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200811 *
812 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
813 */
814enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
815 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530816 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100818 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200819 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700820 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200821};
822
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200823/*
824 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
825 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
826 */
827#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
828 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
830 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
831 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100832 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200833 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200834 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200835
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530836/**
837 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
838 * Rate Control algorithm.
839 *
840 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
841 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
842 *
843 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
844 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
845 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
846 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
847 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100848 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
849 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
851 * Greenfield mode.
852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100853 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
855 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530856 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
857 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
858 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
859 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
860 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200861enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
862 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
863 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
864 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
865
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100866 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200867 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
868 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
873 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
874 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800875};
876
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200877
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200878/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
879#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200880
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200881/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
882#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
883
884/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200885#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200886
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200887/* maximum number of rate table entries */
888#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
889
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200890/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200891 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200892 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200893 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
894 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200895 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200896 *
897 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
898 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
899 *
900 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
901 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200902 *
903 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
904 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
905 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
906 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300907 * information::
908 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200909 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300910 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200911 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
912 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
913 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
914 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300915 * information should then contain::
916 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200917 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300918 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200919 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
920 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200921 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200922struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
923 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100924 u16 count:5,
925 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000926} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200927
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100928#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
929
930static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
931 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
932{
933 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200934 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
935 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100936}
937
938static inline u8
939ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
940{
941 return rate->idx & 0xF;
942}
943
944static inline u8
945ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
946{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200947 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100948}
949
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200950/**
951 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200952 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200953 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
954 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
955 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
956 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
957 *
958 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200959 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200960 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100961 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +0100962 * @control: union part for control data
963 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
964 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
965 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
966 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
967 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
968 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
969 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
970 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
971 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
972 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
973 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
974 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
975 * @pad: padding
976 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
977 * @status: union part for status data
978 * @status.rates: attempted rates
979 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
980 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
981 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
982 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
983 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
984 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
985 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
986 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
987 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700988 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100989 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700990 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100991 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700992 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200993 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200994 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200995struct ieee80211_tx_info {
996 /* common information */
997 u32 flags;
998 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200999
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001000 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001001
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001002 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001003
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001004 union {
1005 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001006 union {
1007 /* rate control */
1008 struct {
1009 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1010 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1011 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001012 u8 use_rts:1;
1013 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001014 u8 short_preamble:1;
1015 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001016 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001017 };
1018 /* only needed before rate control */
1019 unsigned long jiffies;
1020 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001021 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001022 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001023 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001024 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001025 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001026 } control;
1027 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001028 u64 cookie;
1029 } ack;
1030 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001031 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001032 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001033 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001034 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001035 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001036 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301037 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001038 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001039 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001040 struct {
1041 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1042 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001043 u8 pad[4];
1044
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001045 void *rate_driver_data[
1046 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1047 };
1048 void *driver_data[
1049 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001050 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001051};
1052
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001053/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001054 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1055 *
1056 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1057 * @info: Basic tx status information
1058 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1059 */
1060struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1061 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1062 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1063 struct sk_buff *skb;
1064};
1065
1066/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001067 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1068 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001069 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1070 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1071 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001072 *
1073 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1074 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1075 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1076 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1077 */
1078struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001079 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1080 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001081 const u8 *common_ies;
1082 size_t common_ie_len;
1083};
1084
1085
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001086static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1087{
1088 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1089}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001090
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001091static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1092{
1093 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1094}
1095
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001096/**
1097 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1098 *
1099 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1100 *
1101 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1102 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1103 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1104 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1105 *
1106 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1107 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1108 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1109 */
1110static inline void
1111ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1112{
1113 int i;
1114
1115 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1116 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1117 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1118 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1119 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1120 /* clear the rate counts */
1121 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1122 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1123
1124 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001125 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001126 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1127 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1128 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1129}
1130
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001131
1132/**
1133 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1134 *
1135 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1136 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1137 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1138 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001139 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1140 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001141 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001142 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1143 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001144 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1145 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1146 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1147 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001148 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1149 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001150 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1151 * the frame.
1152 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1153 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001154 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001155 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1156 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1157 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001158 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1159 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1160 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001161 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1162 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001163 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1164 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001165 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1166 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1167 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001168 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1169 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1170 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1171 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1172 * on this subframe
1173 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1174 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001175 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1176 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001177 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1178 * processing it in any regular way.
1179 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1180 * them for sniffing purposes.
1181 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1182 * monitor interfaces.
1183 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1184 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001185 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1186 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1187 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1188 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1189 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1190 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1191 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1192 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1193 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001194 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1195 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1196 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001197 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1198 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1199 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001200 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1201 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001202 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1203 * frame
1204 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001205 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1206 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001207 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001208 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1209 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1210 * - DATA3_CODING
1211 * - DATA5_GI
1212 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1213 * - DATA6_NSTS
1214 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001215 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001216 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1217 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1218 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001219 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001220 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1221 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1222 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1223 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001224 */
1225enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001226 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1227 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001228 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001229 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1230 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1231 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1232 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001233 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001234 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1235 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1236 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1237 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1238 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1239 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1240 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1241 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1242 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1243 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1244 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1245 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1246 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1247 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1248 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1249 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001250 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1251 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001252 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1253 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001254 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001255 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001256};
1257
1258/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001259 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001260 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001261 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001262 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1263 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1264 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1265 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001266 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001267 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1268 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001269 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001270 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001271enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1272 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001273 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1274 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1275 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1276 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1277 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001278};
1279
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001280#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1281
1282enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1283 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1284 RX_ENC_HT,
1285 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001286 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001287};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001288
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001289/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001290 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1291 *
1292 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1293 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001294 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001295 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001296 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1297 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001298 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1299 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001300 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1301 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001302 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001303 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001304 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1305 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001306 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1307 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1308 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001309 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1310 * values were filled.
1311 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1312 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001313 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001314 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001315 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001316 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001317 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001318 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1319 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001320 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001321 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1322 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1323 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001324 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001325 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1326 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1327 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001328 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001329 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001330struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1331 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001332 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001333 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001334 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001335 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001336 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001337 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001338 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1339 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001340 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001341 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001342 u8 rx_flags;
1343 u8 band;
1344 u8 antenna;
1345 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001346 u8 chains;
1347 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001348 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001349 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001350};
1351
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001352/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001353 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1354 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1355 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1356 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1357 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1358 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1359 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1360 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1361 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1362 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1363 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1364 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1365 * @data field.
1366 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1367 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1368 * length
1369 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1370 *
1371 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1372 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1373 * data.
1374 */
1375struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1376 u32 present;
1377 u8 align;
1378 u8 oui[3];
1379 u8 subns;
1380 u8 pad;
1381 u16 len;
1382 u8 data[];
1383} __packed;
1384
1385/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001386 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1387 *
1388 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1389 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001390 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1391 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1392 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001393 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1394 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1395 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1396 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1397 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1398 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1399 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001400 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1401 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1402 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1403 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1404 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001405 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1406 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001407 */
1408enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001409 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001410 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001411 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001412 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001413};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001414
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001415
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001416/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001417 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1418 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001419 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001420 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001421 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001422 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001424 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001425 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001426 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001427 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1428 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001429 */
1430enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001431 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001432 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001433 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001434 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1436 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1437 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001438 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001439};
1440
1441/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001442 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1443 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001444 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1445 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1446 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1447 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1448 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001449 */
1450enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1451 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1452 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1453 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1454 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1455
1456 /* keep last */
1457 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1458};
1459
1460/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001461 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1462 *
1463 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1464 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001465 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1466 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001467 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001468 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1469 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1470 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001471 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1472 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1473 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1474 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001475 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1476 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001477 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001478 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001479 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001480 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001481 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001482 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1483 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001484 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001485 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1486 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001487 *
1488 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1489 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001490 * configured for an HT channel.
1491 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1492 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001493 */
1494struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001495 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001496 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001497
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001498 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001499 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001500
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001501 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1502
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001503 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001504 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001505 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001506};
1507
1508/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001509 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1510 *
1511 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1512 * operation.
1513 *
1514 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1515 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1516 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1517 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001518 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1519 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001520 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1521 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001522 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001523 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001524 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1525 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1526 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001527 */
1528struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1529 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001530 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001531 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001532 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001533 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001534 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001535};
1536
1537/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001538 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1539 *
1540 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1541 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001542 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1543 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1544 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1545 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001546 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1547 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1548 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1549 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001550 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1551 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1552 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001553 */
1554enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1555 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001556 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001557 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001558 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001559};
1560
1561/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001562 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1563 *
1564 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1565 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1566 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001567 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001568 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1569 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001570 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001571 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1572 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001573 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1574 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1575 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001576 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001577 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1578 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1579 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1580 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001581 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1582 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001583 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1584 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1585 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1586 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1587 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001588 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001589 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001590 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001591 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1592 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001593 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001594 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001595 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301596 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1597 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001598 */
1599struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001600 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001601 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001602 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001603 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001604 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001605 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001606
1607 u8 cab_queue;
1608 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1609
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001610 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1611
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001612 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1613
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001614 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001615
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001616#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1617 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1618#endif
1619
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001620 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1621
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301622 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1623
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001624 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001625 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001626};
1627
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001628static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1629{
1630#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001631 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001632#endif
1633 return false;
1634}
1635
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001636/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001637 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1638 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1639 *
1640 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1641 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1642 *
1643 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1644 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1645 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1646 */
1647struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1648
1649/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001650 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1651 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1652 *
1653 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1654 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1655 *
1656 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1657 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1658 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1659 */
1660struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1661
1662/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001663 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1664 *
1665 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1666 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1667 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001668 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1669 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001670 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1671 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001672 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1673 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1674 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001675 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1676 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001677 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001678 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1679 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001680 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001681 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001682 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001683 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1684 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1685 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001686 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1687 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1688 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1689 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1690 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1691 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1692 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001693 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001694 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001695 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001696 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1697 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1698 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001699 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1700 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1701 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001702 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001703 */
1704enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001705 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1706 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1707 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1708 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1709 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1710 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1711 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001712 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001713 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001714 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001715};
1716
1717/**
1718 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1719 *
1720 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1721 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1722 *
1723 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1724 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001725 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001726 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001727 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1728 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001729 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1730 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1731 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001732 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1733 * data block:
1734 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1735 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1736 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001737 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1738 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001739 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001740struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001741 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001742 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001743 u8 icv_len;
1744 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001745 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001746 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001747 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001748 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001749 u8 key[0];
1750};
1751
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001752#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1753
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001754#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1755#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1756
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001757/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001758 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1759 *
1760 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1761 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1762 * reverse order than in packet)
1763 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1764 * reverse order than in packet)
1765 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1766 * reverse order than in packet)
1767 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1768 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001769 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001770 */
1771struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1772 union {
1773 struct {
1774 u32 iv32;
1775 u16 iv16;
1776 } tkip;
1777 struct {
1778 u8 pn[6];
1779 } ccmp;
1780 struct {
1781 u8 pn[6];
1782 } aes_cmac;
1783 struct {
1784 u8 pn[6];
1785 } aes_gmac;
1786 struct {
1787 u8 pn[6];
1788 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001789 struct {
1790 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1791 u8 seq_len;
1792 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001793 };
1794};
1795
1796/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001797 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1798 *
1799 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1800 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1801 *
1802 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1803 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1804 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1805 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1806 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1807 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1808 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1809 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1810 * key_idx value calculation:
1811 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1812 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1813 */
1814struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1815 u32 cipher;
1816 u16 iftype;
1817 u8 hdr_len;
1818 u8 pn_len;
1819 u8 pn_off;
1820 u8 key_idx_off;
1821 u8 key_idx_mask;
1822 u8 key_idx_shift;
1823 u8 mic_len;
1824};
1825
1826/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001827 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1828 *
1829 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1830 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1831 *
1832 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1833 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1834 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001835enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001836 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001837};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001838
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001839/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001840 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1841 *
1842 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1843 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1844 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1845 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1846 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1847 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1848 */
1849enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1850 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1851 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1852 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1853 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1854 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1855 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1856};
1857
1858/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001859 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1860 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1861 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1862 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1863 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1864 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1865 *
1866 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1867 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1868 */
1869enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1870 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1871 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1872 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1873 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1874};
1875
1876/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001877 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1878 *
1879 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001880 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001881 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1882 */
1883struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1884 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1885 struct {
1886 s8 idx;
1887 u8 count;
1888 u8 count_cts;
1889 u8 count_rts;
1890 u16 flags;
1891 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1892};
1893
1894/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301895 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1896 *
1897 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1898 *
1899 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1900 * to the STA.
1901 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1902 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1903 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1904 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1905 * per peer TPC.
1906 */
1907struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1908 s16 power;
1909 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1910};
1911
1912/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001913 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1914 *
1915 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1916 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1917 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1918 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1919 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001920 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001921 *
1922 * @addr: MAC address
1923 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001924 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001925 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1926 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001927 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001928 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1929 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1930 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001931 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1932 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001933 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001934 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001935 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001936 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1937 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001938 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001939 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001940 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1941 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1942 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1943 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001944 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001945 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001946 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001947 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1948 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301949 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001950 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1951 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1952 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001953 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001954 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001955 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001956 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1957 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001958 */
1959struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001960 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001961 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1962 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001963 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001964 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001965 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1966 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001967 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001968 u8 uapsd_queues;
1969 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001970 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001971 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001972 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001973 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001974 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001975 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301976 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001977 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001978
1979 /**
1980 * @max_amsdu_len:
1981 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1982 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1983 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1984 *
1985 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1986 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1987 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1988 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1989 *
1990 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1991 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1992 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1993 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001994 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001995 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001996 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001997 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301998 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001999
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002000 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002001
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002002 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01002003 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002004};
2005
2006/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002007 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2008 *
2009 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302010 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002011 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002012 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2013 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2014 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002015enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002016 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2017};
2018
2019/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002020 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2021 *
2022 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2023 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2024 */
2025struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2026 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2027};
2028
2029/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002030 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2031 *
2032 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2033 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002034 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2035 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002036 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002037 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002038 *
2039 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2040 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2041 */
2042struct ieee80211_txq {
2043 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2044 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2045 u8 tid;
2046 u8 ac;
2047
2048 /* must be last */
2049 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2050};
2051
2052/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002053 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2054 *
2055 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2056 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2057 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2058 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2059 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2060 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002061 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2062 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2063 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2064 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2065 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2066 * algorithm.
2067 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2068 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2069 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2070 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2071 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2072 * CCK frames.
2073 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002074 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2075 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2076 * the FCS at the end.
2077 *
2078 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2079 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2080 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2081 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2082 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2083 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002084 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002085 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002086 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2087 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2088 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2089 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2090 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002091 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2092 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2093 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2094 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2095 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002096 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2097 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2098 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302099 *
2100 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2101 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002102 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002103 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2104 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2105 *
2106 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2107 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2108 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2109 *
2110 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2111 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002112 *
2113 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2114 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002115 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302116 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2117 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2118 * the stack.
2119 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002120 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002121 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2122 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002123 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002124 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2125 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2126 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002127 *
2128 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2129 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2130 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2131 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2132 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2133 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002134 *
2135 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2136 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2137 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2138 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2139 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2140 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002141 *
2142 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2143 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2144 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002145 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002146 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2147 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2148 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002149 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002150 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2151 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2152 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2153 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002154 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2155 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2156 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2157 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2158 * supported cipher suites.
2159 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002160 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2161 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2162 * for frames.
2163 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002164 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2165 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2166 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2167 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002168 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002169 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2170 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2171 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002172 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2173 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2174 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002175 *
2176 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2177 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002178 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002179 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2180 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2181 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2182 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002183 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2184 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2185 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2186 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002187 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002188 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2189 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2190 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002191 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002192 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002193 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002194 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2195 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2196 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002197 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2198 * within A-MPDU.
2199 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002200 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2201 * for sent beacons.
2202 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002203 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2204 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2205 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2206 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2207 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002208 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2209 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2210 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2211 * timeout.
2212 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002213 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2214 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2215 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002216 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2217 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2218 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2219 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2220 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2221 *
2222 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2223 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2224 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302225 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2226 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2227 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2228 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2229 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002230 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2231 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2232 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2233 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002234 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2235 * TDLS links.
2236 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002237 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2238 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2239 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2240 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2241 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2242 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2243 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002244 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002245 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2246 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002247 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002248 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2249 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2250 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002251 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2252 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2253 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2254 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2255 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2256 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002257 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2258 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2259 * TXQs to start with.
2260 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002261 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2262 * length in tx status information
2263 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002264 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2265 *
2266 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2267 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2268 *
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01002269 * @IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE: Driver and hardware are supporting Extended
2270 * Key ID and can handle two unicast keys per station for Rx and Tx.
2271 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002272 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002273 */
2274enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002275 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2276 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2277 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2278 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2279 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2280 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2281 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2282 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2283 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2284 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2285 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2286 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2287 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2288 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2289 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2290 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2291 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2292 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2293 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2294 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2295 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2297 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2298 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2299 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2300 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2301 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2302 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2303 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002304 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002305 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002306 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002307 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002308 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002309 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002310 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2311 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302312 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002313 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002314 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002315 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002316 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002317 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002318 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002319 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002320 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002321 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2322 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01002323 IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002324
2325 /* keep last, obviously */
2326 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002327};
2328
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002329/**
2330 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002331 *
2332 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2333 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2334 *
2335 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2336 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2337 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002338 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2339 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002340 *
2341 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2342 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002343 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2344 * along with this structure.
2345 *
2346 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2347 *
2348 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2349 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2350 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002351 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2352 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002353 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002354 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002355 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002356 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002357 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002358 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002359 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002360 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002361 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2362 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2363 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002364 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2365 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2366 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002367 *
2368 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2369 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002370 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2371 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002372 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2373 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002374 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2375 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002376 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002377 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2378 * can handle.
2379 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2380 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002381 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002382 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002383 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2384 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2385 * aggregation.
2386 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2387 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2388 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002389 *
2390 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002391 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2392 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2393 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2394 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2395 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002396 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002397 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2398 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2399 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002400 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2401 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002402 *
2403 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2404 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002405 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002406 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002407 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002408 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2409 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002410 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002411 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002412 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2413 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002414 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002415 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002416 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002417 * device_timestamp.
2418 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2419 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2420 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2421 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2422 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002423 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002424 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002425 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2426 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002427 *
2428 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2429 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2430 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2431 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2432 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2433 * neither enabled.
2434 *
2435 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2436 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2437 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002438 *
2439 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2440 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2441 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002442 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2443 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002444 *
2445 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2446 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2447 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002448 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002449 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002450 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002451 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002452struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002453 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002454 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002455 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002456 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002457 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002458 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002459 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002460 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002461 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002462 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002463 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002464 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002465 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002466 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002467 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002468 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002469 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002470 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2471 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002472 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002473 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002474 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002475 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002476 struct {
2477 int units_pos;
2478 s16 accuracy;
2479 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002480 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002481 u8 uapsd_queues;
2482 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002483 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2484 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002485 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002486 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002487 u8 weight_multiplier;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002488};
2489
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002490static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2491 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2492{
2493 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2494}
2495#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2496
2497static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2498 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2499{
2500 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2501}
2502#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2503
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002504/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002505 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2506 *
2507 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2508 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2509 */
2510struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2511 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2512
2513 /* Keep last */
2514 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2515};
2516
2517/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002518 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2519 *
2520 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2521 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2522 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2523 * @status: channel-switch response status
2524 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2525 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2526 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2527 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2528 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2529 */
2530struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2531 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2532 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2533 u8 action_code;
2534 u32 status;
2535 u32 timestamp;
2536 u16 switch_time;
2537 u16 switch_timeout;
2538 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2539 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2540};
2541
2542/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002543 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2544 *
2545 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2546 *
2547 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2548 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2549 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2550 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2551 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002552 *
2553 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002554 */
2555struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2556
2557/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002558 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2559 *
2560 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2561 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2562 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002563static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2564{
2565 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2566}
2567
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002568/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002569 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002570 *
2571 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2572 * @addr: the address to set
2573 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002574static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002575{
2576 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2577}
2578
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002579static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2580ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002581 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002582{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002583 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002584 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002585 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002586}
2587
2588static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2589ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002590 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002591{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002592 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002593 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002594 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002595}
2596
2597static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2598ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002599 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002600{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002601 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002602 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002603 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002604}
2605
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002606/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002607 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2608 * @hw: the hardware
2609 * @skb: the skb
2610 *
2611 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2612 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2613 */
2614void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2615
2616/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002617 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002618 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002619 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2620 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2621 *
2622 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2623 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002624 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2625 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2626 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002627 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2628 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2629 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002630 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2631 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2632 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2633 *
2634 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2635 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2636 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2637 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2638 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002639 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2640 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2641 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2642 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2643 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002644 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2645 *
2646 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2647 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2648 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2649 * based on the receive flags.
2650 *
2651 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2652 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2653 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2654 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002655 *
2656 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2657 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2658 * handler.
2659 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002660 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002661 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2662 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002663 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002664 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002665 *
2666 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2667 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2668 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002669 *
2670 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2671 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2672 * requirements:
2673 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2674 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2675 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2676 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2677 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2678 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2679 encrypted with the new key and
2680 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2681 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002682 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002683
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002684/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002685 * DOC: Powersave support
2686 *
2687 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2688 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002689 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2690 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2691 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2692 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2693 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2694 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2695 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2696 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002697 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002698 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2699 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2700 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002701 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2702 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002703 *
2704 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2705 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2706 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002707 *
2708 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2709 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2710 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2711 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002712 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2713 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002714 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002715 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002716 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2717 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2718 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2719 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2720 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2721 * periods.
2722 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002723 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002724 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2725 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2726 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2727 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2728 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2729 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2730 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2731 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2732 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2733 *
2734 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002735 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002736 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002737 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2738 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2739 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2740 *
2741 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2742 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002743 */
2744
2745/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002746 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2747 *
2748 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002749 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002750 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2751 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2752 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2753 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2754 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2755 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002756 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2757 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002758 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2759 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2760 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2761 *
2762 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2763 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2764 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2765 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2766 *
2767 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2768 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2769 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2770 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002771 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002772 * - a list of information element IDs
2773 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2774 *
2775 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2776 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2777 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2778 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2779 * vendor information elements.
2780 *
2781 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2782 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2783 *
2784 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2785 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2786 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2787 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2788 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2789 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2790 *
2791 *
2792 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2793 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2794 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2795 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2796 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2797 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2798 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2799 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2800 *
2801 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2802 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2803 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002804 */
2805
2806/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002807 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2808 *
2809 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2810 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2811 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2812 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2813 *
2814 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2815 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2816 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2817 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2818 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2819 * hardware flags.
2820 *
2821 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2822 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2823 * turned off otherwise.
2824 *
2825 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2826 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2827 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2828 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2829 */
2830
2831/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002832 * DOC: Frame filtering
2833 *
2834 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2835 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2836 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2837 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2838 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2839 *
2840 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2841 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2842 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2843 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002844 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2845 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2846 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2847 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2848 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2849 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2850 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002851 *
2852 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2853 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2854 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2855 * or dropped.
2856 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002857 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2858 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2859 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2860 * the flag, but not clear it.
2861 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2862 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2863 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2864 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2865 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2866 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2867 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2868 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002869 */
2870
2871/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002872 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2873 *
2874 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2875 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2876 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2877 *
2878 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2879 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2880 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2881 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2882 * the driver code.
2883 *
2884 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2885 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2886 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2887 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2888 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2889 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2890 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2891 *
2892 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2893 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2894 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2895 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2896 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2897 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2898 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2899 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2900 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2901 * @sta_notify callback.
2902 *
2903 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2904 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2905 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2906 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2907 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2908 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2909 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002910 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002911 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2912 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2913 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2914 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2915 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2916 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2917 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002918 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2919 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2920 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002921 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2922 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2923 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2924 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2925 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2926 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2927 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2928 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2929 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2930 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2931 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2932 *
2933 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2934 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2935 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2936 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2937 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2938 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2939 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2940 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2941 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2942 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002943 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002944 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2945 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2946 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2947 *
2948 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2949 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2950 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2951 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2952 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002953 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002954 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2955 *
2956 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2957 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2958 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2959 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002960 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002961 *
2962 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2963 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2964 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2965 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002966 */
2967
2968/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002969 * DOC: HW queue control
2970 *
2971 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2972 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2973 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2974 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2975 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2976 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2977 *
2978 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2979 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2980 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2981 *
2982 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2983 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2984 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2985 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2986 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2987 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2988 * the hardware queue.
2989 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2990 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2991 *
2992 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2993 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2994 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2995 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2996 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2997 *
2998 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2999 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3000 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3001 * off-channel queue: 9
3002 *
3003 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3004 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3005 *
3006 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3007 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3008 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3009 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3010 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3011 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3012 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3013 *
3014 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3015 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3016 *
3017 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3018 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3019 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3020 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3021 */
3022
3023/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003024 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3025 *
3026 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3027 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3028 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3029 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3030 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003031 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3032 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3033 * multicast address.
3034 *
3035 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3036 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3037 *
3038 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3039 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3040 *
3041 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3042 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3043 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3044 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3045 * honour this flag if possible.
3046 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003047 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3048 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003049 *
3050 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003051 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003052 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003053 *
3054 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003055 */
3056enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003057 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3058 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3059 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3060 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3061 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3062 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003063 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003064 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003065};
3066
3067/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003068 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3069 *
3070 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3071 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003072 *
3073 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3074 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003075 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003076 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3077 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003078 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3079 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3080 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003081 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003082 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3083 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3084 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3085 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3086 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3087 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3088 * session is gone and removes the station.
3089 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3090 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3091 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3092 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003093 */
3094enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3095 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3096 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003097 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003098 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3099 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3100 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003101 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003102};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003103
3104/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003105 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3106 *
3107 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3108 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3109 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3110 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3111 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3112 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3113 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3114 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3115 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3116 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3117 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3118 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3119 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3120 */
3121struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3122 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3123 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3124 u16 tid;
3125 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003126 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003127 bool amsdu;
3128 u16 timeout;
3129};
3130
3131/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003132 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3133 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003134 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3135 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003136 */
3137enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3138 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003139 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003140};
3141
3142/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003143 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3144 *
3145 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003146 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3147 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3148 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003149 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003150 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3151 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3152 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003153 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3154 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003155 */
3156enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3157 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3158 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003159 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003160 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003161};
3162
3163/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003164 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3165 *
3166 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3167 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3168 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3169 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3170 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3171 *
3172 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3173 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3174 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3175 */
3176enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3177 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3178 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3179};
3180
3181/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003182 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3183 *
3184 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3185 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3186 *
3187 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3188 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3189 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3190 * of wowlan configuration)
3191 */
3192enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3193 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3194 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3195};
3196
3197/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003198 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3199 *
3200 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3201 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3202 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3203 *
3204 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3205 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3206 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003207 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003208 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003209 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003210 *
3211 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3212 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3213 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3214 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3215 * or zero.
3216 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3217 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3218 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003219 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003220 *
3221 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3222 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3223 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3224 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003225 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3226 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003227 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003228 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003229 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3230 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3231 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3232 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3233 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003234 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3235 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3236 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3237 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003238 *
3239 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3240 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3241 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3242 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3243 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3244 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003245 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3246 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3247 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3248 * in suspend().
3249 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003250 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003251 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003252 * and @stop must be implemented.
3253 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3254 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3255 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3256 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3257 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003258 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003259 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003260 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3261 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3262 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3263 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3264 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3265 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003266 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3267 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3268 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3269 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3270 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3271 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3272 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003273 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003274 *
3275 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3276 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003277 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003278 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003279 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003280 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3281 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3282 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3283 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3284 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003285 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3286 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003287 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003288 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3289 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3290 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3291 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003292 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3293 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003294 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003295 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003296 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3297 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3298 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3299 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3300 * which flags are changed.
3301 * This callback can sleep.
3302 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003303 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003304 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003305 *
3306 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003307 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3308 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003309 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003310 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003311 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003312 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003313 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3314 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3315 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003316 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003317 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003318 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3319 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3320 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3321 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3322 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3323 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003324 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3325 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3326 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3327 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003328 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003329 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003330 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3331 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003332 * that power save is disabled.
3333 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3334 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3335 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3336 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3337 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3338 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3339 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003340 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3341 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3342 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3343 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3344 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003345 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003346 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003347 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3348 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3349 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3350 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3351 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3352 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3353 * The callback can sleep.
3354 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003355 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3356 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3357 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3358 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3359 *
3360 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003361 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003362 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003363 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3364 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003365 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3366 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3367 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003368 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003369 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3370 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3371 * this notification.
3372 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003373 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003374 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3375 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003376 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003377 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003378 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3379 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3380 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003381 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003382 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003383 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003384 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3385 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3386 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003387 * The callback can sleep.
3388 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003389 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003390 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003391 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003392 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3393 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3394 *
3395 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003396 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3397 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3398 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3399 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3400 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003401 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303402 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3403 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003404 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3405 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303406 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003407 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003408 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3409 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3410 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003411 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003412 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3413 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3414 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3415 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003416 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3417 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3418 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3419 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3420 * The callback can sleep.
3421 *
3422 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3423 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3424 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3425 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3426 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003427 * The callback can sleep.
3428 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003429 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3430 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3431 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3432 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3433 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3434 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3435 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003436 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3437 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3438 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003439 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003440 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3441 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3442 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3443 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3444 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3445 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3446 * The callback can sleep.
3447 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003448 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003449 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003450 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003451 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003452 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003453 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003454 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003455 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003456 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003457 *
3458 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003459 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003460 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003461 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003462 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003463 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3464 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3465 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3466 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3467 * The callback can sleep.
3468 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003469 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3470 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3471 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3472 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003473 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003474 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003475 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3476 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3477 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003478 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003479 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003480 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003481 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3482 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003483 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3484 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3485 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003486 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003487 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003488 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3489 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003490 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3491 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3492 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003493 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003494 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3495 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003496 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003497 *
3498 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003499 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3500 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3501 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3502 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003503 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003504 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003505 *
3506 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3507 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3508 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3509 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003510 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003511 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3512 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3513 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3514 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3515 *
3516 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003517 *
3518 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3519 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3520 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3521 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3522 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3523 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003524 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003525 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3526 * must be accepted in this case.
3527 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003528 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3529 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003530 *
3531 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3532 *
3533 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303534 *
3535 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3536 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303537 *
3538 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3539 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3540 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003541 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3542 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003543 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003544 *
3545 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3546 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3547 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3548 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003549 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003550 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3551 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3552 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3553 * more-data bit must always be set.
3554 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3555 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003556 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3557 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3558 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3559 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3560 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3561 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003562 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3563 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3564 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003565 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3566 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003567 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003568 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003569 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003570 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3571 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3572 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003573 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003574 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3575 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3576 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3577 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003578 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003579 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003580 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3581 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3582 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003583 *
3584 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3585 *
3586 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3587 *
3588 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3589 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3590 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003591 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3592 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3593 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3594 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3595 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3596 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3597 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3598 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3599 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003600 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3601 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3602 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003603 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3604 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003605 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3606 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003607 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003608 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003609 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3610 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3611 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3612 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3613 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3614 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3615 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3616 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3617 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003618 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303619 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003620 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303621 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003622 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3623 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3624 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303625 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003626 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3627 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303628 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003629 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3630 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303631 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003632 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3633 * another, as specified in the list of
3634 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3635 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303636 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003637 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003638 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3639 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3640 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3641 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3642 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3643 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3644 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003645 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003646 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3647 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3648 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3649 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3650 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003651 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003652 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3653 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3654 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003655 *
3656 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3657 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3658 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003659 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003660 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3661 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003662 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003663 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003664 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3665 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003666 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3667 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003668 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003669 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003670 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3671 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3672 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003673 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3674 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3675 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003676 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3677 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3678 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003679 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3680 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3681 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3682 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003683 *
3684 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3685 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3686 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003687 *
3688 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3689 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003690 *
3691 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3692 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3693 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3694 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3695 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3696 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3697 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3698 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3699 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003700 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3701 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3702 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3703 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3704 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3705 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3706 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003707 *
3708 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003709 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3710 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3711 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3712 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003713 *
3714 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3715 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003716 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3717 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3718 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3719 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3720 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3721 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003722 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3723 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3724 * this call.
3725 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3726 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3727 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003728 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3729 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3730 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3731 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003732 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3733 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003734 *
3735 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3736 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003737 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003738struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003739 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3740 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3741 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003742 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003743 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003744#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3745 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3746 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003747 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003748#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003749 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003750 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003751 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3752 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003753 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003754 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003755 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003756 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003757 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3758 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3759 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3760 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003761
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003762 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3763 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3764
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003765 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003766 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003767 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3768 unsigned int changed_flags,
3769 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003770 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003771 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3772 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3773 unsigned int filter_flags,
3774 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003775 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3776 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003777 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003778 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003779 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003780 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003781 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3782 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3783 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3784 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003785 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3786 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3787 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003788 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3789 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003790 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003791 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003792 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3793 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003794 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3795 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3796 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003797 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003798 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003799 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003800 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3801 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3802 const u8 *mac_addr);
3803 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3804 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003805 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3806 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003807 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3808 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3809 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003810 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003811 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003812 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3813 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3814 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3815 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303816#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3817 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3818 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3819 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3820 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303821#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003822 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003823 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303824 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3825 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3826 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003827 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3828 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3829 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3830 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003831 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3832 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3833 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003834 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3835 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3836 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3837 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003838 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3839 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3840 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003841 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3842 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3843 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3844 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003845 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003846 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003847 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003848 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3849 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3850 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003851 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3852 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003853 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003854 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003855
3856 /**
3857 * @ampdu_action:
3858 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3859 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3860 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3861 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3862 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3863 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3864 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3865 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3866 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3867 *
3868 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3869 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3870 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3871 *
3872 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3873 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3874 *
3875 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3876 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3877 * - ``TX: 81``
3878 *
3879 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3880 *
3881 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3882 * The callback can sleep.
3883 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003884 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003885 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003886 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003887 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3888 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003889 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003890 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003891#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003892 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3893 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003894 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3895 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3896 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003897#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003898 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3899 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003900 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003901 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003902 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003903 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3904 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003905
3906 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003907 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003908 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003909 int duration,
3910 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003911 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003912 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3913 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3914 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303915 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303916 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3917 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003918 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3919 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3920 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003921
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003922 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3923 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3924 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3925 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3926 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003927 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3928 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3929 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3930 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3931 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003932
3933 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3934 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3935 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3936 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3937 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3938 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3939 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3940 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003941
3942 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003943 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3944 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003945
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003946 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3947 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3948
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003949 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3950 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3951 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3952 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3953 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3954 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3955 u32 changed);
3956 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3957 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3958 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3959 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3960 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3961 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003962 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3963 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3964 int n_vifs,
3965 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003966
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003967 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3968 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003969
3970#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3971 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3972 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3973 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3974#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003975 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003978 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3979 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3980 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003981
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003982 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3983 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003984 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3985 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003986 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3987 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3988 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003989
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003990 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3991 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03003992 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3993 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003994 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3995 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003996
3997 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3998 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3999 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4000 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004001 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004002 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4003 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4004 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004005 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4006 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4007 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004008
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004009 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4010 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004011 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004012
4013 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4014 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4015 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4016 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4017 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004018 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4019 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4020 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004021 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4022 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4023 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4024 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4025 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4026 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004027 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4028 struct sk_buff *head,
4029 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004030 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4031 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4032 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004033 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4034 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4035 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4036 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004037};
4038
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004039/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004040 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4041 *
4042 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4043 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4044 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4045 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4046 * @priv_data_len.
4047 *
4048 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4049 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4050 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4051 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4052 *
4053 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4054 */
4055struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4056 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4057 const char *requested_name);
4058
4059/**
4060 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004061 *
4062 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4063 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4064 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4065 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4066 * @priv_data_len.
4067 *
4068 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4069 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004070 *
4071 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004072 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004073static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004074struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004075 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4076{
4077 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4078}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004079
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004080/**
4081 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4082 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004083 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4084 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4085 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004086 *
4087 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004088 *
4089 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004090 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004091int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4092
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004093/**
4094 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4095 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4096 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4097 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4098 */
4099struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4100 int throughput;
4101 int blink_time;
4102};
4103
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004104/**
4105 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4106 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4107 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4108 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4109 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4110 */
4111enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4112 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4113 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4114 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4115};
4116
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004117#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004118const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4119const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4120const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4121const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4122const char *
4123__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4124 unsigned int flags,
4125 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4126 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004127#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004128/**
4129 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4130 *
4131 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4132 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4133 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4134 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4135 *
4136 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004137 *
4138 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004139 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004140static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004141{
4142#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4143 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4144#else
4145 return NULL;
4146#endif
4147}
4148
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004149/**
4150 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4151 *
4152 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4153 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4154 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4155 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4156 *
4157 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004158 *
4159 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004160 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004161static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004162{
4163#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4164 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4165#else
4166 return NULL;
4167#endif
4168}
4169
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004170/**
4171 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4172 *
4173 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4174 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4175 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4176 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4177 *
4178 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004179 *
4180 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004181 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004182static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004183{
4184#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4185 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4186#else
4187 return NULL;
4188#endif
4189}
4190
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004191/**
4192 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4193 *
4194 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4195 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4196 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4197 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4198 *
4199 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004200 *
4201 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004202 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004203static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004204{
4205#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4206 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4207#else
4208 return NULL;
4209#endif
4210}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004211
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004212/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004213 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4214 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004215 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004216 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4217 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4218 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004219 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4220 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4221 *
4222 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004223 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004224static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004225ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004226 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4227 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4228{
4229#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004230 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004231 blink_table_len);
4232#else
4233 return NULL;
4234#endif
4235}
4236
4237/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004238 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4239 *
4240 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4241 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4242 *
4243 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4244 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004245void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4246
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004247/**
4248 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4249 *
4250 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4251 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004252 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004253 *
4254 * @hw: the hardware to free
4255 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004256void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4257
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004258/**
4259 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4260 *
4261 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4262 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4263 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4264 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4265 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4266 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4267 *
4268 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4269 */
4270void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4271
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004272/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004273 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004274 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004275 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4276 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4277 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4278 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4279 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4280 *
4281 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4282 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4283 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4284 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4285 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4286 *
4287 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4288 *
4289 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004290 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004291 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4292 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004293 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004294void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4295 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004296
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004297/**
4298 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4299 *
4300 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004301 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4302 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4303 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4304 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004305 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004306 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004307 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4308 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004309 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4310 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004311 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004312 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004313 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004314 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4315 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004316 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004317static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4318{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004319 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004320}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004321
4322/**
4323 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4324 *
4325 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004326 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4327 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004328 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004329 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4330 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004331 *
4332 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4333 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004334 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004335void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004336
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004337/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004338 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4339 *
4340 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4341 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4342 *
4343 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004344 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4345 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004346 *
4347 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4348 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4349 */
4350static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4351 struct sk_buff *skb)
4352{
4353 local_bh_disable();
4354 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4355 local_bh_enable();
4356}
4357
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004358/**
4359 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4360 *
4361 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4362 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4363 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4364 *
4365 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4366 *
4367 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4368 * each other.
4369 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004370 * @sta: currently connected sta
4371 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004372 *
4373 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004374 */
4375int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4376
4377/**
4378 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4379 * (in process context)
4380 *
4381 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4382 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4383 * applies.
4384 *
4385 * @sta: currently connected sta
4386 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004387 *
4388 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004389 */
4390static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4391 bool start)
4392{
4393 int ret;
4394
4395 local_bh_disable();
4396 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4397 local_bh_enable();
4398
4399 return ret;
4400}
4401
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004402/**
4403 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4404 * @sta: currently connected station
4405 *
4406 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4407 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4408 * connected station was received.
4409 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4410 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4411 * be serialized.
4412 */
4413void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4414
4415/**
4416 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4417 * @sta: currently connected station
4418 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4419 *
4420 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4421 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4422 * from a connected station was received.
4423 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4424 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4425 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004426 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4427 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4428 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4429 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004430 */
4431void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4432
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004433/*
4434 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4435 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4436 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004437#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004438
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004439/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004440 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004441 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004442 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4443 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004444 *
4445 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004446 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4447 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004448 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004449 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4450 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4451 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4452 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4453 *
4454 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4455 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4456 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4457 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4458 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4459 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4460 *
4461 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4462 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4463 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4464 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4465 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004466 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004467void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4468 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004469
4470/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004471 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4472 *
4473 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4474 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4475 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4476 *
4477 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4478 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4479 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4480 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4481 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4482 */
4483void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4484 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4485 struct sk_buff *skb,
4486 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4487 int max_rates);
4488
4489/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004490 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4491 *
4492 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4493 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4494 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4495 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4496 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4497 * slow stations to starve).
4498 *
4499 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4500 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4501 */
4502void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4503 u32 thr);
4504
4505/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304506 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4507 *
4508 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4509 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4510 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4511 *
4512 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4513 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4514 * @info: tx status information
4515 */
4516void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4517 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4518 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4519
4520/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004521 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4522 *
4523 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4524 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4525 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4526 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004527 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4528 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004529 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004530 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4531 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004532 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004533 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4534 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004535 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004536void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004537 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004538
4539/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004540 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4541 *
4542 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4543 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4544 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4545 *
4546 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4547 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4548 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4549 *
4550 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4551 * @status: tx status information
4552 */
4553void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4554 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4555
4556/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004557 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4558 *
4559 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4560 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4561 * specific skbs.
4562 *
4563 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4564 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4565 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4566 *
4567 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4568 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4569 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4570 * @info: tx status information
4571 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004572static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4573 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4574 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4575{
4576 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4577 .sta = sta,
4578 .info = info,
4579 };
4580
4581 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4582}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004583
4584/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004585 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4586 *
4587 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4588 *
4589 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4590 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4591 * for a single hardware.
4592 *
4593 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4594 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4595 */
4596static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4597 struct sk_buff *skb)
4598{
4599 local_bh_disable();
4600 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4601 local_bh_enable();
4602}
4603
4604/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004605 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004606 *
4607 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4608 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4609 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004610 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4611 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004612 *
4613 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4614 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004615 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004616void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004617 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004618
4619/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004620 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4621 *
4622 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4623 * connected STA.
4624 *
4625 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4626 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4627 */
4628void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4629
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004630#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4631
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004632/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004633 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4634 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4635 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004636 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4637 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4638 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004639 */
4640struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4641 u16 tim_offset;
4642 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004643
4644 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004645};
4646
4647/**
4648 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4649 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4650 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4651 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4652 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4653 *
4654 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4655 * obtain the beacon template.
4656 *
4657 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4658 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004659 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4660 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004661 *
4662 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4663 *
4664 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4665 */
4666struct sk_buff *
4667ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4668 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4669 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4670
4671/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004672 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4673 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004674 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004675 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4676 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4677 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4678 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4679 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4680 *
4681 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004682 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004683 *
4684 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4685 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004686 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4687 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004688 *
4689 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004690 *
4691 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004692 */
4693struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4694 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4695 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4696
4697/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004698 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4699 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004700 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004701 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004702 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004703 *
4704 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004705 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004706static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4708{
4709 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4710}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004711
4712/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004713 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4714 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4715 *
4716 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4717 * This function is called implicitly when
4718 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4719 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4720 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4721 *
4722 * Return: new csa counter value
4723 */
4724u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4725
4726/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004727 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4728 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4729 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4730 *
4731 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4732 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4733 *
4734 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4735 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4736 */
4737void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4738
4739/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004740 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4741 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4742 *
4743 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004744 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004745 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4746 */
4747void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4748
4749/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004750 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004751 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4752 *
4753 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4754 */
4755bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4756
4757
4758/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004759 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4760 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4761 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4762 *
4763 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4764 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4765 *
4766 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004767 *
4768 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004769 */
4770struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4771 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4772
4773/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004774 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4775 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4776 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4777 *
4778 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4779 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4780 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4781 *
4782 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4783 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004784 *
4785 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004786 */
4787struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4788 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4789
4790/**
4791 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4792 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4793 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004794 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4795 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004796 *
4797 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4798 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4799 * BSSID and address is used.
4800 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004801 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4802 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4803 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004804 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4805 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004806 *
4807 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004808 */
4809struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004810 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4811 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004812
4813/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004814 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4815 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004816 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004817 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4818 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004819 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004820 *
4821 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4822 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004823 *
4824 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004825 */
4826struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004827 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004828 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004829 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004830
4831/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004832 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4833 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004834 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004835 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4836 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004837 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004838 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4839 *
4840 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4841 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4842 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4843 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4844 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004845void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004846 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004847 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004848 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4849
4850/**
4851 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4852 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004853 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004854 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004855 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004856 *
4857 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4858 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4859 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004860 *
4861 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004862 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004863__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4864 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004865 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004866
4867/**
4868 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4869 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004870 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004871 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4872 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004873 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004874 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4875 *
4876 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4877 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4878 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4879 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4880 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004881void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4882 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004883 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004884 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004885 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4886
4887/**
4888 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4889 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004890 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004891 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004892 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004893 *
4894 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4895 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4896 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004897 *
4898 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004899 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004900__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4901 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004902 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004903 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004904
4905/**
4906 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4907 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004908 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004909 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004910 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004911 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004912 *
4913 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4914 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004915 *
4916 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004917 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004918__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4919 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004920 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004921 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004922 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004923
4924/**
4925 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4926 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004927 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004928 *
4929 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4930 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4931 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4932 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004933 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4934 *
4935 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4936 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004937 *
4938 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4939 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4940 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4941 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4942 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4943 * use common code for all beacons.
4944 */
4945struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004946ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004947
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004948/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004949 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4950 *
4951 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4952 *
4953 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4954 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4955 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4956 */
4957void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4958 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4959
4960/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004961 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004962 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004963 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4964 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004965 *
4966 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004967 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4968 * with this P1K
4969 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004970 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004971static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4972 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4973{
4974 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4975 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4976 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4977
4978 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4979}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004980
4981/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02004982 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4983 *
4984 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4985 * and transmitter address.
4986 *
4987 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4988 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4989 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4990 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4991 */
4992void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4993 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4994
4995/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004996 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4997 *
4998 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4999 * in the packet.
5000 *
5001 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5002 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5003 * encrypted with this key
5004 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5005 */
5006void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5007 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005008
5009/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005010 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5011 *
5012 * @pos: start of crypto header
5013 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5014 * @pn: PN to add
5015 *
5016 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5017 * the packet payload)
5018 *
5019 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5020 * point to the crypto header)
5021 */
5022u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5023
5024/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005025 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5026 *
5027 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005028 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005029 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5030 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5031 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5032 *
5033 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5034 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5035 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5036 *
5037 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5038 * can be done concurrently.
5039 */
5040void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5041 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5042
5043/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005044 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5045 *
5046 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005047 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005048 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5049 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5050 * @seq: new sequence data
5051 *
5052 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5053 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5054 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5055 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5056 *
5057 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5058 * can be done concurrently.
5059 */
5060void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5061 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5062
5063/**
5064 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5065 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5066 *
5067 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5068 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5069 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5070 *
5071 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5072 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5073 */
5074void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5075
5076/**
5077 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5078 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5079 * @keyconf: new key data
5080 *
5081 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5082 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5083 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5084 *
5085 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5086 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5087 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5088 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5089 *
5090 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5091 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5092 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5093 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5094 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5095 * of the reconfiguration.
5096 *
5097 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5098 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5099 *
5100 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5101 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5102 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5103 * the key that's being replaced.
5104 */
5105struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5106ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5107 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5108
5109/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005110 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5111 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5112 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5113 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5114 * @gfp: allocation flags
5115 */
5116void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5117 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5118
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005119/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005120 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5121 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5122 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5123 *
5124 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5125 */
5126void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5127
5128/**
5129 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5130 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5131 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5132 *
5133 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5134 */
5135void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5136
5137/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005138 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5139 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5140 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5141 *
5142 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005143 *
5144 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005145 */
5146
5147int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5148
5149/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005150 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5151 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5152 *
5153 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5154 */
5155void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5156
5157/**
5158 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5159 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5160 *
5161 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5162 */
5163void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5164
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005165/**
5166 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5167 *
5168 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5169 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005170 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5171 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005172 *
5173 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005174 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005175 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005176void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5177 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005178
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005179/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005180 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5181 *
5182 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5183 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5184 *
5185 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5186 */
5187void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5188
5189/**
5190 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5191 *
5192 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5193 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5194 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5195 * while associating, for instance.
5196 *
5197 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5198 */
5199void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5200
5201/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005202 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5203 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5204 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5205 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5206 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5207 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5208 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5209 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005210 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005211 */
5212enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5213 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5214 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005215 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005216};
5217
5218/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005219 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5220 *
5221 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5222 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5223 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5224 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5225 *
5226 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5227 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5228 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5229 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5230 */
5231void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5232 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5233 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5234 void *data);
5235
5236/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005237 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005238 *
5239 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5240 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005241 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5242 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5243 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005244 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005245 *
5246 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005247 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005248 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005249 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5250 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005251static inline void
5252ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5253 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5254 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5255 void *data)
5256{
5257 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5258 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5259 iterator, data);
5260}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005261
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005262/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005263 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5264 *
5265 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5266 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5267 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5268 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005269 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005270 *
5271 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005272 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005273 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5274 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5275 */
5276void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005277 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005278 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5279 u8 *mac,
5280 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5281 void *data);
5282
5283/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005284 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5285 *
5286 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5287 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5288 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5289 *
5290 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5291 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5292 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5293 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5294 */
5295void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5296 u32 iter_flags,
5297 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5298 u8 *mac,
5299 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5300 void *data);
5301
5302/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005303 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5304 *
5305 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5306 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5307 * function for them.
5308 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5309 *
5310 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5311 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5312 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5313 */
5314void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5315 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5316 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5317 void *data);
5318/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005319 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5320 *
5321 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5322 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5323 *
5324 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5325 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5326 */
5327void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5328
5329/**
5330 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5331 *
5332 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5333 * workqueue.
5334 *
5335 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5336 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5337 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5338 */
5339void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5340 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5341 unsigned long delay);
5342
5343/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005344 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005345 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005346 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305347 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005348 *
5349 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005350 *
5351 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5352 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5353 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5354 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305355int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5356 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005357
5358/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005359 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005360 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005361 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5362 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5363 *
5364 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005365 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5366 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005367 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005368void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005369 u16 tid);
5370
5371/**
5372 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005373 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005374 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005375 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005376 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005377 *
5378 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5379 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5380 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5381 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005382int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005383
5384/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005385 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005386 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005387 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5388 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5389 *
5390 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005391 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5392 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005393 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005394void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005395 u16 tid);
5396
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005397/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005398 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5399 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005400 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005401 * @addr: station's address
5402 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005403 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5404 *
5405 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005406 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5407 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005408struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005409 const u8 *addr);
5410
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005411/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005412 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005413 *
5414 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005415 * @addr: remote station's address
5416 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005417 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005418 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5419 *
5420 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005421 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5422 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005423 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5424 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5425 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5426 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5427 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5428 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5429 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005430 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005431 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005432 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005433struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5434 const u8 *addr,
5435 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005436
5437/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005438 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5439 * @hw: the hardware
5440 * @pubsta: the station
5441 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5442 *
5443 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5444 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5445 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5446 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5447 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5448 *
5449 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5450 * manner.
5451 *
5452 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5453 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5454 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5455 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5456 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5457 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5458 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5459 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5460 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5461 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5462 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5463 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5464 * woke up while blocked or not.
5465 */
5466void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5467 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5468
5469/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005470 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5471 * @pubsta: the station
5472 *
5473 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5474 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5475 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5476 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5477 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005478 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5479 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5480 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5481 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5482 *
5483 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5484 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5485 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5486 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005487 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005488void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005489
5490/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005491 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5492 * @pubsta: the station
5493 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5494 *
5495 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5496 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5497 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5498 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5499 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5500 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5501 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5502 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5503 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5504 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5505 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5506 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5507 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5508 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5509 */
5510void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5511
5512/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005513 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5514 *
5515 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5516 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5517 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5518 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5519 *
5520 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5521 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5522 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5523 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5524 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5525 * attempts.
5526 *
5527 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5528 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5529 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5530 * them to 0.
5531 *
5532 * @pubsta: the station
5533 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5534 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5535 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5536 */
5537void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5538 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5539
5540/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005541 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5542 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5543 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5544 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5545 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5546 *
5547 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5548 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5549 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5550 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5551 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5552 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005553 *
5554 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5555 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5556 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005557 */
5558void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5559 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5560 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5561 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5562 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5563 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5564 void *data),
5565 void *iter_data);
5566
5567/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005568 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5569 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5570 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5571 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5572 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5573 *
5574 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5575 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5576 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5577 * in removal process will be skipped.
5578 *
5579 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5580 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5581 */
5582void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5583 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5584 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5585 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5586 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5587 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5588 void *data),
5589 void *iter_data);
5590
5591/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005592 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5593 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5594 * @iter: iterator function
5595 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5596 *
5597 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5598 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5599 * places while calling into the driver.
5600 *
5601 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5602 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5603 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005604 *
5605 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5606 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5607 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5608 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005609 */
5610void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5611 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5612 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5613 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5614 void *data),
5615 void *iter_data);
5616
5617/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005618 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5619 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5620 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5621 *
5622 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5623 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5624 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5625 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5626 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005627 * %NULL.
5628 *
5629 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005630 */
5631struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5632 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5633
5634/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005635 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5636 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005637 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005638 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005639 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005640 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005641 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5642 */
5643void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005644
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005645/**
5646 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5647 *
5648 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5649 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005650 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005651 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5652 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005653 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5654 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005655 *
5656 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5657 * without connection recovery attempts.
5658 */
5659void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5660
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005661/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005662 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5663 *
5664 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5665 *
5666 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5667 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5668 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5669 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5670 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5671 *
5672 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5673 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5674 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5675 * disconnect normally later.
5676 *
5677 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5678 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5679 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5680 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5681 */
5682void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5683
5684/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005685 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5686 * rssi threshold triggered
5687 *
5688 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5689 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005690 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005691 * @gfp: context flags
5692 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005693 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005694 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5695 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5696 */
5697void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5698 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005699 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005700 gfp_t gfp);
5701
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005702/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005703 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5704 *
5705 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5706 * @gfp: context flags
5707 */
5708void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5709
5710/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005711 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5712 *
5713 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5714 */
5715void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5716
5717/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005718 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5719 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5720 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5721 *
5722 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5723 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5724 */
5725void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5726
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005727/**
5728 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5729 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005730 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005731 *
5732 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5733 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5734 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5735 */
5736void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5737 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5738
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005739/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005740 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5741 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5742 */
5743void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5744
5745/**
5746 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5747 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5748 */
5749void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5750
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005751/**
5752 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5753 *
5754 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5755 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5756 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5757 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5758 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5759 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5760 *
5761 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5762 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5763 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5764 */
5765void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5766 const u8 *addr);
5767
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005768/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005769 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5770 * @pubsta: station struct
5771 * @tid: the session's TID
5772 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5773 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5774 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5775 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5776 *
5777 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5778 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5779 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5780 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5781 */
5782void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5783 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5784 u16 received_mpdus);
5785
5786/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005787 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5788 *
5789 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5790 * buffer.
5791 *
5792 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5793 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5794 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5795 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5796 */
5797void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5798
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005799/**
5800 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5801 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5802 * @addr: station mac address
5803 * @tid: the rx tid
5804 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005805void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005806 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005807
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005808/**
5809 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5810 *
5811 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5812 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5813 * reordering.
5814 *
5815 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5816 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5817 *
5818 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5819 * @addr: station mac address
5820 * @tid: the rx tid
5821 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005822static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5823 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5824{
5825 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5826 return;
5827 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5828}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005829
5830/**
5831 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5832 *
5833 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5834 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5835 * reordering.
5836 *
5837 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5838 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5839 *
5840 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5841 * @addr: station mac address
5842 * @tid: the rx tid
5843 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005844static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5845 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5846{
5847 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5848 return;
5849 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5850}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005851
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005852/**
5853 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5854 *
5855 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5856 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5857 *
5858 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5859 *
5860 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5861 * @addr: station mac address
5862 * @tid: the rx tid
5863 */
5864void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5865 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5866
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005867/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005868
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005869/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005870 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005871 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005872 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5873 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5874 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005875 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5876 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005877 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5878 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5879 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5880 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5881 * RTS threshold
5882 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5883 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005884 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005885 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005886 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005887 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005888struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5889 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5890 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5891 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5892 struct sk_buff *skb;
5893 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5894 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005895 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005896 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005897 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005898};
5899
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005900/**
5901 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5902 */
5903enum rate_control_capabilities {
5904 /**
5905 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5906 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5907 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5908 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5909 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5910 */
5911 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5912};
5913
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005914struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005915 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005916 const char *name;
5917 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005918 void (*free)(void *priv);
5919
5920 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5921 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005922 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005923 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305924 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005925 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005926 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5927 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005928 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5929 void *priv_sta);
5930
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005931 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5932 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5933 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005934 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5935 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5936 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005937 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5938 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005939
5940 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5941 struct dentry *dir);
5942 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005943
5944 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005945};
5946
5947static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005948 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005949 int index)
5950{
5951 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5952}
5953
Luis R. Rodriguez4c6d4f52009-07-16 10:05:41 -07005954/**
5955 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5956 *
5957 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5958 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5959 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5960 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5961 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5962 * not null.
5963 *
5964 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5965 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5966 *
5967 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5968 * that this may be null.
5969 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5970 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5971 */
5972bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5973 void *priv_sta,
5974 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5975
5976
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005977static inline s8
5978rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5979 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5980{
5981 int i;
5982
5983 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5984 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5985 return i;
5986
5987 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005988 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005989
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005990 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005991 return 0;
5992}
5993
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005994static inline
5995bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5996 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5997{
5998 unsigned int i;
5999
6000 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6001 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6002 return true;
6003 return false;
6004}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006005
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006006/**
6007 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6008 *
6009 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6010 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6011 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6012 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6013 *
6014 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6015 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6016 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6017 */
6018int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6019 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6020 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6021
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006022int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6023void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006024
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006025static inline bool
6026conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6027{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006028 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006029}
6030
6031static inline bool
6032conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6033{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006034 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6035 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006036}
6037
6038static inline bool
6039conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6040{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006041 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6042 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006043}
6044
6045static inline bool
6046conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6047{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006048 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006049}
6050
6051static inline bool
6052conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6053{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006054 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6055 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6056 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006057}
6058
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006059static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6060ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6061{
6062 if (p2p) {
6063 switch (type) {
6064 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6065 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6066 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6067 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6068 default:
6069 break;
6070 }
6071 }
6072 return type;
6073}
6074
6075static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6076ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6077{
6078 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6079}
6080
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006081/**
6082 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6083 *
6084 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6085 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6086 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6087 *
6088 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6089 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6090 * matching GroupId management frame.
6091 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6092 */
6093void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6094 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6095
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006096void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6097 int rssi_min_thold,
6098 int rssi_max_thold);
6099
6100void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006101
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006102/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006103 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006104 *
6105 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6106 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006107 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6108 *
6109 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6110 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006111 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006112int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6113
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006114/**
6115 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6116 * @vif: virtual interface
6117 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6118 * @gfp: allocation flags
6119 *
6120 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6121 */
6122void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6123 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6124 gfp_t gfp);
6125
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006126/**
6127 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6128 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6129 * @vif: virtual interface
6130 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6131 * @band: the band to transmit on
6132 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6133 *
6134 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6135 */
6136bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6137 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6138 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6139
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006140/**
6141 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6142 *
6143 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6144 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6145 *
6146 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6147 *
6148 * private:
6149 *
6150 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6151 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6152 */
6153struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6154 u32 next_tsf;
6155 bool has_next_tsf;
6156
6157 u8 absent;
6158
6159 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6160 struct {
6161 u32 start;
6162 u32 duration;
6163 u32 interval;
6164 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6165};
6166
6167/**
6168 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6169 *
6170 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6171 * @data: NoA tracking data
6172 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6173 *
6174 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6175 */
6176int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6177 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6178
6179/**
6180 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6181 *
6182 * @data: NoA tracking data
6183 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6184 */
6185void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6186
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006187/**
6188 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6189 * @vif: virtual interface
6190 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6191 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6192 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6193 * @gfp: allocation flags
6194 *
6195 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6196 */
6197void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6198 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6199 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006200
6201/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006202 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6203 *
6204 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6205 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6206 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6207 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6208 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6209 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6210 *
6211 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6212 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6213 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6214 *
6215 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6216 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6217 *
6218 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6219 */
6220int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6221
6222/**
6223 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6224 *
6225 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6226 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6227 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6228 *
6229 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6230 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6231 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6232 *
6233 * @sta: the station
6234 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6235 */
6236void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6237
6238/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006239 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6240 *
6241 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006242 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6243 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006244 *
6245 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006246 *
6247 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6248 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6249 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6250 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6251 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6252 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6253 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006254 */
6255struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6256 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006257
6258/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006259 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6260 *
6261 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6262 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6263 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006264 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6265 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6266 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6267 */
6268struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6269
6270/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006271 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006272 *
6273 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6274 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6275 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006276 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6277 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006278 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006279void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006280
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006281/* (deprecated) */
6282static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6283{
6284}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006285
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006286void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6287 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6288
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006289/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006290 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6291 *
6292 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6293 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6294 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006295 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6296 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6297 *
6298 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6299 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006300 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006301static inline void
6302ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6303{
6304 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6305}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006306
6307/**
6308 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6309 *
6310 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6311 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006312 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6313 *
6314 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6315 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006316 */
6317static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006318ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6319 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006320{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006321 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006322}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006323
6324/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006325 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6326 *
6327 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6328 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6329 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6330 * next_txq().
6331 *
6332 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6333 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6334 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6335 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6336 * again.
6337 *
6338 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6339 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6340 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6341 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6342 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6343 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6344 *
6345 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6346 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6347 */
6348bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6349 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6350
6351/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006352 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6353 *
6354 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6355 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6356 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6357 *
6358 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6359 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6360 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6361 */
6362void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6363 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6364 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006365
6366/**
6367 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6368 *
6369 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6370 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6371 *
6372 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6373 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6374 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6375 * @gfp: allocation flags
6376 */
6377void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6378 u8 inst_id,
6379 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6380 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006381
6382/**
6383 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6384 *
6385 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6386 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6387 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6388 *
6389 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6390 * @match: match event information
6391 * @gfp: allocation flags
6392 */
6393void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6394 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6395 gfp_t gfp);
6396
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006397#endif /* MAC80211_H */